Sema.h revision 5543169296beeb183b9c9392debc774fcf493eeb
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52 53namespace llvm { 54 class APSInt; 55 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 56 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 57 class SmallBitVector; 58} 59 60namespace clang { 61 class ADLResult; 62 class ASTConsumer; 63 class ASTContext; 64 class ASTMutationListener; 65 class ASTReader; 66 class ASTWriter; 67 class ArrayType; 68 class AttributeList; 69 class BlockDecl; 70 class CapturedDecl; 71 class CXXBasePath; 72 class CXXBasePaths; 73 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 74 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 75 class CXXConstructorDecl; 76 class CXXConversionDecl; 77 class CXXDestructorDecl; 78 class CXXFieldCollector; 79 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 80 class CXXMethodDecl; 81 class CXXScopeSpec; 82 class CXXTemporary; 83 class CXXTryStmt; 84 class CallExpr; 85 class ClassTemplateDecl; 86 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 87 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 88 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 89 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 90 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 91 class CodeCompletionResult; 92 class Decl; 93 class DeclAccessPair; 94 class DeclContext; 95 class DeclRefExpr; 96 class DeclaratorDecl; 97 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 98 class DependentDiagnostic; 99 class DesignatedInitExpr; 100 class Designation; 101 class EnumConstantDecl; 102 class Expr; 103 class ExtVectorType; 104 class ExternalSemaSource; 105 class FormatAttr; 106 class FriendDecl; 107 class FunctionDecl; 108 class FunctionProtoType; 109 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 110 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 111 class InitListExpr; 112 class InitializationKind; 113 class InitializationSequence; 114 class InitializedEntity; 115 class IntegerLiteral; 116 class LabelStmt; 117 class LambdaExpr; 118 class LangOptions; 119 class LocalInstantiationScope; 120 class LookupResult; 121 class MacroInfo; 122 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 123 class NamedDecl; 124 class NonNullAttr; 125 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 126 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 127 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 128 class ObjCContainerDecl; 129 class ObjCImplDecl; 130 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 131 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 132 class ObjCIvarDecl; 133 template <class T> class ObjCList; 134 class ObjCMessageExpr; 135 class ObjCMethodDecl; 136 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 137 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 138 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 139 class OverloadCandidateSet; 140 class OverloadExpr; 141 class ParenListExpr; 142 class ParmVarDecl; 143 class Preprocessor; 144 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 145 class PseudoObjectExpr; 146 class QualType; 147 class StandardConversionSequence; 148 class Stmt; 149 class StringLiteral; 150 class SwitchStmt; 151 class TargetAttributesSema; 152 class TemplateArgument; 153 class TemplateArgumentList; 154 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 155 class TemplateDecl; 156 class TemplateParameterList; 157 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 158 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 159 class Token; 160 class TypeAliasDecl; 161 class TypedefDecl; 162 class TypedefNameDecl; 163 class TypeLoc; 164 class UnqualifiedId; 165 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 166 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 167 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 168 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 169 class UsingDecl; 170 class UsingShadowDecl; 171 class ValueDecl; 172 class VarDecl; 173 class VisibilityAttr; 174 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 175 class IndirectFieldDecl; 176 177namespace sema { 178 class AccessedEntity; 179 class BlockScopeInfo; 180 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 181 class CapturingScopeInfo; 182 class CompoundScopeInfo; 183 class DelayedDiagnostic; 184 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 185 class FunctionScopeInfo; 186 class LambdaScopeInfo; 187 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 188 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 189} 190 191// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 192// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 193typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 194 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 195 196/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 197class Sema { 198 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 199 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 201 202 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 203 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 204 205 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 206 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 207 208 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 209 210 static bool 211 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 212 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 213 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 214 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 215 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 216 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 217 // with internal linkage. 218 return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage(); 219 } 220 221public: 222 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 223 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 225 226 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 227 FPOptions FPFeatures; 228 229 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 230 Preprocessor &PP; 231 ASTContext &Context; 232 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 233 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 234 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 235 236 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 237 bool CollectStats; 238 239 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 240 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 241 242 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 243 DeclContext *CurContext; 244 245 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 246 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 247 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 248 249 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 250 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 251 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 252 253 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 254 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 255 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 256 257 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 258 259 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 260 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 261 262 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 263 /// 264 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 265 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 266 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 267 268 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 269 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 270 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 271 272 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 273 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 274 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 275 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 276 277 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 278 279 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 280 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 281 /// 282 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 283 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 284 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 285 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 286 287 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 288 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 289 ExtVectorDeclsType; 290 291 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 292 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 293 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 294 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 295 296 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 297 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 298 299 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 300 301 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 302 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 303 304 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 305 306 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 307 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 308 /// same list more than once. 309 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 310 311 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 312 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 313 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 314 315 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 316 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 317 /// 318 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 319 /// scopes, e.g., 320 /// 321 /// \code 322 /// extern "C" void f() { 323 /// void foo(int, int); 324 /// } 325 /// \endcode 326 /// 327 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 328 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 329 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 330 /// 331 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 332 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 333 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 334 /// for compatibility. 335 /// 336 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 337 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 338 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 339 /// not visible. 340 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 341 342 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 343 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 344 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 345 346 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 348 TentativeDefinitionsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 351 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 352 353 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 354 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 355 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 356 357 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 358 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 359 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 360 361 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 362 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 363 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 364 365 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 366 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 367 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 368 369 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 370 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 371 /// exception spec. 372 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 373 374 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 375 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 376 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 377 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 378 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 379 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 380 381 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 382 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 383 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 384 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 385 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 386 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 387 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 388 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 389 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 390 391 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 392 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 393 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 394 void *OpaqueParser; 395 396 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 397 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 398 OpaqueParser = P; 399 } 400 401 class DelayedDiagnostics; 402 403 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 404 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 405 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 406 }; 407 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 409 410 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 411 /// during parsing and other processing. 412 class DelayedDiagnostics { 413 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 414 /// diagnostics should go. 415 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 416 417 public: 418 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 419 420 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 421 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 422 423 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 424 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 425 426 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 427 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 428 return CurPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 432 /// collected in this pool. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = &pool; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 441 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 442 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 443 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 444 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 445 } 446 447 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 448 /// not delayed. 449 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 451 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 452 CurPool = 0; 453 return state; 454 } 455 456 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 457 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 458 assert(CurPool == NULL); 459 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 460 } 461 } DelayedDiagnostics; 462 463 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 464 class ContextRAII { 465 private: 466 Sema &S; 467 DeclContext *SavedContext; 468 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 469 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 471 public: 472 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 473 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 474 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 475 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 476 { 477 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 478 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 479 } 480 481 void pop() { 482 if (!SavedContext) return; 483 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 484 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 485 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 486 SavedContext = 0; 487 } 488 489 ~ContextRAII() { 490 pop(); 491 } 492 }; 493 494 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 495 /// a function body. 496 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 497 Sema &S; 498 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 499 500 public: 501 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 502 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 503 { 504 S.PushFunctionScope(); 505 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 506 } 507 508 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 509 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 510 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 511 } 512 }; 513 514 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 515 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 516 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 517 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 518 519 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 521 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 522 /// in the currently selected standard. 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 526 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 527 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 528 529 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 530 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 531 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 532 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 533 /// It would be best to refactor this. 534 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 535 536 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 537 538 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 539 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 540 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 541 Scope *TUScope; 542 543 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 544 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 545 546 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 547 /// standard library. 548 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 551 /// \<initializer_list>. 552 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 555 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 556 557 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 558 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 559 560 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 561 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 567 QualType NSNumberPointer; 568 569 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 570 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 573 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 574 575 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 576 QualType NSStringPointer; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 579 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 580 581 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 594 QualType QIDNSCopying; 595 596 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 597 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 598 599 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 600 /// have been declared. 601 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 602 603 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 604 /// references to fields. This is really a 605 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 606 607 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 608 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 609 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 610 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 611 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 612 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 613 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 614 /// run time. 615 Unevaluated, 616 617 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 618 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 619 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 620 UnevaluatedAbstract, 621 622 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 623 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 624 /// cases in a switch statment). 625 ConstantEvaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 628 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 629 /// expression at run time. 630 PotentiallyEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 633 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 634 /// in fact the current expression is used. 635 /// 636 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 637 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 638 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 639 /// until the default argument is used. 640 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 641 }; 642 643 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 644 /// expression evaluation contexts. 645 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 646 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 647 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 648 649 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 651 652 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 653 bool IsDecltype; 654 655 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 656 /// this expression evaluation context. 657 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 658 659 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 660 661 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 662 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 663 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 664 665 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 666 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 667 /// default function argument. 668 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 669 670 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 671 /// within this context. 672 /// 673 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 674 /// do not have lambda expressions. 675 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 676 677 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 678 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 679 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 680 681 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 682 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 683 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 684 685 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 686 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 687 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 688 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 689 bool IsDecltype) 690 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 691 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 692 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 693 694 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 695 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 696 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 697 if (!LambdaMangle) 698 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 699 return *LambdaMangle; 700 } 701 702 bool isUnevaluated() const { 703 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 704 } 705 }; 706 707 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 708 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 709 710 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 711 /// function. 712 /// 713 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 714 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 715 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 716 public: 717 enum Kind { 718 NoMemberOrDeleted, 719 Ambiguous, 720 Success 721 }; 722 723 private: 724 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 725 726 public: 727 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 728 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 729 {} 730 731 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 732 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 733 734 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 735 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 736 }; 737 738 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 739 /// for C++ records. 740 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 741 742 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 743 /// 744 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 745 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 746 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 747 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 748 /// checks. 749 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 750 751 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 752 753 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 754 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 755 756 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 757 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 758 759 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 760 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 761 /// 762 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 763 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 764 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 765 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 766 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 767 768 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 769 // argument locations. 770 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 771 772 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 773 /// definition in this translation unit. 774 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 775 776 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 777 void getUndefinedButUsed( 778 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 779 780 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 781 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 782 783 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 784 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 785 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 786 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 787 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 788 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 789 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 790 791 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 792 /// of -Wselector. 793 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 794 795 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 796 enum CXXSpecialMember { 797 CXXDefaultConstructor, 798 CXXCopyConstructor, 799 CXXMoveConstructor, 800 CXXCopyAssignment, 801 CXXMoveAssignment, 802 CXXDestructor, 803 CXXInvalid 804 }; 805 806 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 807 808 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 809 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 810 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 811 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 812 813 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 814 815 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 816 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 817 818 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 819 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 820 /// should not be used elsewhere. 821 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 822 823 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 824 /// statements. 825 class FPContractStateRAII { 826 public: 827 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 828 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 829 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 830 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 831 } 832 private: 833 Sema& S; 834 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 835 }; 836 837 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 838 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 839 840public: 841 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 842 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 843 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 844 ~Sema(); 845 846 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 847 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 848 void Initialize(); 849 850 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 851 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 852 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 853 854 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 855 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 856 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 857 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 858 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 859 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 860 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 861 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 862 863 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 864 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 865 /// 866 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 867 /// 868 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 869 870 void PrintStats() const; 871 872 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 873 /// template instantiation stacks. 874 /// 875 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 876 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 877 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 878 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 879 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 880 /// well. 881 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 882 Sema &SemaRef; 883 unsigned DiagID; 884 885 public: 886 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 887 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 888 889 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 890 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 891 if (!isActive()) return; 892 893 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 894 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 895 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 896 // 897 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 898 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 899 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 900 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 901 // eliminate that code. 902 FlushCounts(); 903 Clear(); 904 905 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 906 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 907 } 908 }; 909 910 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 911 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 912 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 913 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 914 } 915 916 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 917 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 918 919 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 920 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 921 922 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 923 924 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 925 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 926 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 927 928 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 929 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 930 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 931 932 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 933 934 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 935 936 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 937 938 void PushFunctionScope(); 939 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 940 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 941 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 942 RecordDecl *RD, 943 CapturedRegionKind K); 944 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 945 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 946 947 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 948 return FunctionScopes.back(); 949 } 950 951 void PushCompoundScope(); 952 void PopCompoundScope(); 953 954 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 955 956 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 957 958 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 959 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 960 961 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 962 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 963 964 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 965 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 966 967 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 968 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 969 970 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 971 972 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 973 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 974 // 975 976 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 977 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 978 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 979 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 980 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 981 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 982 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 983 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 984 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 985 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 986 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 987 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 988 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 989 990 /// \brief Build a function type. 991 /// 992 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 993 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 994 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 995 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 996 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 997 /// 998 /// \param T The return type of the function. 999 /// 1000 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1001 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1002 /// function parameters. 1003 /// 1004 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1005 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1006 /// type that will have function type. 1007 /// 1008 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1009 /// type, if known. 1010 /// 1011 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1012 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1013 /// 1014 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1015 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1016 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1017 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1018 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1019 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1020 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1021 1022 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1023 SourceLocation Loc, 1024 DeclarationName Entity); 1025 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1026 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1027 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1028 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1029 1030 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1031 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1032 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1033 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1034 1035 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1036 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1037 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1038 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1039 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1040 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1041 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1042 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1043 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1044 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1045 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1046 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1047 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1048 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1049 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1050 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1051 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1052 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1053 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1054 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1055 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1056 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1057 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1058 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1059 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1060 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1061 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1062 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1063 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1064 1065 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1066 1067 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1068 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1069 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1070 1071 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1072 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1073 bool Suppressed; 1074 1075 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1076 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1078 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1079 }; 1080 1081 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1082 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1083 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1084 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1085 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1086 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1087 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1088 return II; 1089 } 1090 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1091 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1092 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1093 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1094 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1095 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1096 1097 template<typename T1> 1098 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1099 unsigned DiagID; 1100 const T1 &Arg1; 1101 1102 public: 1103 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1104 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1105 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1106 if (Suppressed) return; 1107 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1108 } 1109 1110 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1111 }; 1112 1113 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1114 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1115 unsigned DiagID; 1116 const T1 &Arg1; 1117 const T2 &Arg2; 1118 1119 public: 1120 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1121 const T2 &Arg2) 1122 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1123 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1124 1125 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1126 if (Suppressed) return; 1127 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1128 } 1129 1130 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1131 }; 1132 1133 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1134 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1135 unsigned DiagID; 1136 const T1 &Arg1; 1137 const T2 &Arg2; 1138 const T3 &Arg3; 1139 1140 public: 1141 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1142 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1143 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1144 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1145 1146 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1147 if (Suppressed) return; 1148 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1149 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1150 } 1151 1152 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1153 }; 1154 1155 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1156 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1157 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1158 unsigned DiagID); 1159 1160 template<typename T1> 1161 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1162 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1163 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1164 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1165 } 1166 1167 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1168 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1169 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1170 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1171 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1172 } 1173 1174 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1175 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1176 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1177 const T3 &Arg3) { 1178 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1179 Arg3); 1180 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1181 } 1182 1183 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1184 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1185 1186 template<typename T1> 1187 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1188 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1189 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1190 } 1191 1192 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1193 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1194 const T2 &Arg2) { 1195 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1196 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1197 } 1198 1199 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1200 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1201 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1202 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1203 Arg3); 1204 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1205 } 1206 1207 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1208 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1209 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1210 1211 template<typename T1> 1212 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1213 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1214 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1215 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1216 } 1217 1218 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1219 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1220 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1221 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1222 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1223 } 1224 1225 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1226 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1227 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1228 const T3 &Arg3) { 1229 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1230 Arg3); 1231 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1232 } 1233 1234 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1235 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1236 1237 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1238 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1239 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1240 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1241 SourceLocation Loc); 1242 1243 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1244 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1245 // 1246 1247 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1248 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1249 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1250 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1251 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1252 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1253 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1254 /// such as: 1255 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1256 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1257 1258 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1259 1260 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1261 1262 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1263 1264 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1265 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1266 bool isClassName = false, 1267 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1268 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1269 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1270 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1271 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1272 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1273 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1274 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1275 SourceLocation IILoc, 1276 Scope *S, 1277 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1278 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1279 1280 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1281 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1282 enum NameClassificationKind { 1283 NC_Unknown, 1284 NC_Error, 1285 NC_Keyword, 1286 NC_Type, 1287 NC_Expression, 1288 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1289 NC_TypeTemplate, 1290 NC_FunctionTemplate 1291 }; 1292 1293 class NameClassification { 1294 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1295 ExprResult Expr; 1296 TemplateName Template; 1297 ParsedType Type; 1298 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1299 1300 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1301 1302 public: 1303 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1304 1305 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1306 1307 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1308 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1309 1310 static NameClassification Error() { 1311 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1312 } 1313 1314 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1315 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1316 } 1317 1318 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1319 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1320 } 1321 1322 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1323 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1324 Result.Template = Name; 1325 return Result; 1326 } 1327 1328 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1329 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1330 Result.Template = Name; 1331 return Result; 1332 } 1333 1334 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1335 1336 ParsedType getType() const { 1337 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1338 return Type; 1339 } 1340 1341 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1342 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1343 return Expr; 1344 } 1345 1346 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1347 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1348 return Template; 1349 } 1350 1351 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1352 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1353 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1354 } 1355 }; 1356 1357 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1358 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1359 /// 1360 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1361 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1362 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1363 /// 1364 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1365 /// 1366 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1367 /// 1368 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1369 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1370 /// 1371 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1372 /// 1373 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1374 /// disambiguate the name. 1375 /// 1376 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1377 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1378 /// expression. 1379 /// 1380 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1381 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1382 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1383 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1384 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1385 const Token &NextToken, 1386 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1387 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1388 1389 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1390 1391 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1392 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1393 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1394 const LookupResult &Previous, 1395 Scope *S); 1396 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1397 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1398 DeclarationName Name, 1399 SourceLocation Loc); 1400 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1401 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1402 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1403 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1404 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1405 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1406 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1407 LookupResult &Previous); 1408 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1409 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1410 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1411 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1412 LookupResult &Previous, 1413 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1414 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1415 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1416 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1417 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1418 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1419 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1420 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1421 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1422 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1423 LookupResult &Previous, 1424 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1425 bool &AddToScope); 1426 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1427 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1428 1429 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1430 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1431 1432 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1433 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1434 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1435 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1436 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1437 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1438 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1439 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1440 SourceLocation Loc, 1441 QualType T); 1442 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1443 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1444 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1445 StorageClass SC); 1446 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1447 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1448 Expr *defarg); 1449 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1450 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1451 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1452 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1453 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1454 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1455 1456 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1457 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1458 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1459 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1460 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1461 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1462 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1463 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1464 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1465 Decl **Group, 1466 unsigned NumDecls); 1467 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1468 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1469 1470 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1471 /// documentation comments. 1472 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1473 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1474 1475 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1476 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1477 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1478 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1479 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1480 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1481 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1482 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1483 } 1484 1485 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1486 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1487 /// code for that function. 1488 /// 1489 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1490 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1491 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1492 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1493 1494 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1495 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1496 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1497 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1498 1499 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1500 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1501 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1502 1503 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1504 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1505 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1506 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1507 1508 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1509 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1510 /// specified threshold. 1511 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1512 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1513 QualType ReturnTy, 1514 NamedDecl *D); 1515 1516 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1517 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1518 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1519 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1520 1521 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1522 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1523 AttributeList *AttrList, 1524 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1525 1526 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1527 /// 1528 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1529 /// 1530 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1531 /// 1532 /// \param Path The module access path. 1533 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1534 ModuleIdPath Path); 1535 1536 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1537 /// source location. 1538 /// 1539 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1540 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1541 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1542 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1543 1544 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1545 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1546 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1547 } 1548 1549 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1550 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1551 const Preprocessor &PP); 1552 1553 /// Scope actions. 1554 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1555 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1556 1557 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1558 DeclSpec &DS); 1559 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1560 DeclSpec &DS, 1561 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1562 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1563 1564 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1565 AccessSpecifier AS, 1566 RecordDecl *Record); 1567 1568 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1569 RecordDecl *Record); 1570 1571 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1572 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1573 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1574 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1575 1576 enum TagUseKind { 1577 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1578 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1579 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1580 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1581 }; 1582 1583 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1584 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1585 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1586 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1587 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1588 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1589 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1590 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1591 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1592 1593 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1594 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1595 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1596 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1597 AttributeList *Attr, 1598 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1599 1600 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1601 unsigned TagSpec, 1602 TagUseKind TUK, 1603 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1604 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1605 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1606 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1607 1608 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1609 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1610 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1611 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1612 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1613 1614 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1615 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1616 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1617 AccessSpecifier AS); 1618 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1619 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1620 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1621 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1622 AccessSpecifier AS, 1623 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1624 1625 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1626 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1627 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1628 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1629 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1630 SourceLocation TSSL, 1631 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1632 Declarator *D = 0); 1633 1634 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1635 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1636 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1637 bool Diagnose = false); 1638 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1639 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1640 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1641 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1642 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1643 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1644 1645 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1646 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1647 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1648 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1649 AttributeList *AttrList); 1650 1651 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1652 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1653 /// struct, or union). 1654 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1655 1656 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1657 1658 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1659 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1660 /// member declarations. 1661 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1662 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1663 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1664 1665 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1666 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1667 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1668 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1669 1670 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1671 1672 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1673 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1674 /// 1675 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1676 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1677 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1678 1679 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1680 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1681 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1682 1683 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1684 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1685 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1686 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1687 Expr *val); 1688 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1689 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1690 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1691 1692 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1693 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1694 AttributeList *Attrs, 1695 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1696 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1697 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1698 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1699 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1700 1701 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1702 1703 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1704 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1705 void PopDeclContext(); 1706 1707 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1708 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1709 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1710 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1711 1712 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1713 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1714 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1715 1716 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1717 1718 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1719 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1720 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1721 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1722 1723 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1724 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1725 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1726 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1727 1728 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1729 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1730 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1731 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1732 1733 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1734 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1735 1736 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1737 /// top level scope. 1738 /// 1739 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1740 /// 1741 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1742 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1743 1744 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1745 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1746 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1747 /// 1748 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1749 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1750 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1751 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1752 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1753 1754 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1755 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1756 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1757 1758 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1759 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1760 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1761 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1762 1763 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1764 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1765 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1766 VersionTuple Introduced, 1767 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1768 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1769 bool IsUnavailable, 1770 StringRef Message, 1771 bool Override, 1772 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1773 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1774 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1775 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1776 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1777 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1778 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1779 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1780 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1781 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1782 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1783 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1784 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1785 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1786 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1787 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1788 1789 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1790 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1791 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1792 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1793 AMK_None, 1794 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1795 /// an exact match. 1796 AMK_Redeclaration, 1797 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1798 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1799 AMK_Override 1800 }; 1801 1802 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1803 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1804 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1805 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1806 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1807 Scope *S); 1808 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1809 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1810 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1811 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1812 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1813 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1814 1815 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1816 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1817 enum AssignmentAction { 1818 AA_Assigning, 1819 AA_Passing, 1820 AA_Returning, 1821 AA_Converting, 1822 AA_Initializing, 1823 AA_Sending, 1824 AA_Casting 1825 }; 1826 1827 /// C++ Overloading. 1828 enum OverloadKind { 1829 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1830 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1831 Ovl_Overload, 1832 1833 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1834 /// an existing declaration. 1835 Ovl_Match, 1836 1837 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1838 /// non-function. 1839 Ovl_NonFunction 1840 }; 1841 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1842 FunctionDecl *New, 1843 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1844 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1845 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1846 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1847 1848 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1849 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1850 /// 1851 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1852 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1853 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1854 1855 ImplicitConversionSequence 1856 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1857 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1858 bool AllowExplicit, 1859 bool InOverloadResolution, 1860 bool CStyle, 1861 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1862 1863 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1864 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1865 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1866 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1867 bool InOverloadResolution, 1868 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1869 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1870 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1871 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1872 QualType &ConvertedType); 1873 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1874 QualType& ConvertedType); 1875 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1876 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1877 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1878 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1879 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1880 1881 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1882 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1883 CastKind &Kind, 1884 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1885 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1886 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1887 bool InOverloadResolution, 1888 QualType &ConvertedType); 1889 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1890 CastKind &Kind, 1891 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1892 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1893 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1894 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1895 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1896 QualType &ResultTy); 1897 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1898 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1899 1900 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1901 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1902 QualType ResultType, 1903 Expr *Value, 1904 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1905 1906 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1907 ExprResult Init); 1908 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1909 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1910 ExprResult Init, 1911 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1912 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1913 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1914 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1915 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1916 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1917 1918 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1919 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1920 1921 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1922 enum CCEKind { 1923 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1924 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1925 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1926 }; 1927 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1928 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1929 1930 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1931 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1932 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1933 public: 1934 bool Suppress; 1935 bool SuppressConversion; 1936 1937 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1938 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1939 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1940 1941 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1942 /// integral or enumeration type. 1943 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1944 QualType T) = 0; 1945 1946 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1947 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1948 QualType T) = 0; 1949 1950 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1951 /// is explicit. 1952 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1953 QualType T, 1954 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1955 1956 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1957 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1958 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1959 1960 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1961 /// functions. 1962 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1963 QualType T) = 0; 1964 1965 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1966 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1967 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1968 1969 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1970 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1971 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1972 QualType T, 1973 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1974 1975 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1976 }; 1977 1978 ExprResult 1979 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1980 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1981 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1982 1983 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1984 OS_Array, 1985 OS_Dictionary, 1986 OS_Error 1987 }; 1988 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1989 1990 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1991 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1992 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1993 LK_Array, 1994 LK_Dictionary, 1995 LK_Numeric, 1996 LK_Boxed, 1997 LK_String, 1998 LK_Block, 1999 LK_None 2000 }; 2001 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2002 2003 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2004 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2005 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2006 NamedDecl *Member); 2007 2008 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2009 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2010 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2011 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2012 2013 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2014 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2015 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2017 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2018 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2019 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2020 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2021 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2022 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2023 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2024 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2025 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2026 QualType ObjectType, 2027 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2028 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2029 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2030 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2031 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2032 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2033 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2034 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2035 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2036 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2037 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2038 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2039 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2040 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2041 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2042 QualType ObjectType, 2043 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2044 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2045 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2046 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2047 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2048 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2049 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2050 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2051 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2052 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2053 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2054 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2055 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2056 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2057 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2058 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2059 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2060 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2061 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2062 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2063 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2064 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2065 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2066 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2067 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2068 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2069 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2070 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2071 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2072 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2073 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2074 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2075 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2076 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2077 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2078 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2079 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2080 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2081 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2082 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2083 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2084 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2087 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2088 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2089 2090 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2091 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2092 2093 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2094 // identified by the expression Expr 2095 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2096 2097 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2098 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2099 // R (A) --> R(A) 2100 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2101 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2102 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2103 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2104 2105 FunctionDecl * 2106 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2107 QualType TargetType, 2108 bool Complain, 2109 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2110 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2111 2112 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2113 bool Complain = false, 2114 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2115 2116 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2117 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2118 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2119 bool Complain = false, 2120 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2121 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2122 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2123 2124 2125 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2126 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2127 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2128 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2129 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2130 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2131 2132 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2133 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2135 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2136 2137 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2138 // range-based for loop. 2139 enum ForRangeStatus { 2140 FRS_Success, 2141 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2142 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2143 }; 2144 2145 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2146 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2147 enum BeginEndFunction { 2148 BEF_begin, 2149 BEF_end 2150 }; 2151 2152 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2153 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2154 VarDecl *Decl, 2155 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2156 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2157 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2158 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2159 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2160 2161 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2162 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2163 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2164 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2165 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2166 Expr *ExecConfig, 2167 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2168 2169 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2170 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2171 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2172 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2173 ExprResult *Result); 2174 2175 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2176 unsigned Opc, 2177 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2178 Expr *input); 2179 2180 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2181 unsigned Opc, 2182 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2183 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2184 2185 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2186 SourceLocation RLoc, 2187 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2188 2189 ExprResult 2190 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2191 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2192 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2193 ExprResult 2194 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2195 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2196 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2197 2198 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2199 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2200 2201 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2202 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2203 /// that best represents the call. 2204 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2205 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2206 2207 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2208 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2209 bool CheckParameterNames); 2210 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2211 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2212 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2213 2214 /// \name Name lookup 2215 /// 2216 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2217 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2218 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2219 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2220 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2221 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2222 /// 2223 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2224 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2225 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2226 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2227 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2228 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2229 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2230 /// 2231 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2232 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2233 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2234 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2235 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2236 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2237 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2238 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2239 //@{ 2240 2241 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2242 enum LookupNameKind { 2243 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2244 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2245 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2246 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2247 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2248 /// structs, and unions. 2249 LookupTagName, 2250 /// Label name lookup. 2251 LookupLabel, 2252 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2253 /// class/struct/union members. 2254 LookupMemberName, 2255 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2256 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2257 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2258 LookupOperatorName, 2259 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2260 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2261 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2262 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2263 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2264 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2265 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2266 LookupNamespaceName, 2267 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2268 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2269 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2270 LookupUsingDeclName, 2271 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2272 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2273 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2274 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2275 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2276 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2277 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2278 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2279 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2280 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2281 LookupAnyName 2282 }; 2283 2284 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2285 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2286 enum RedeclarationKind { 2287 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2288 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2289 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2290 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2291 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2292 ForRedeclaration 2293 }; 2294 2295 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2296 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2297 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2298 LOLR_Error, 2299 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2300 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2301 LOLR_Cooked, 2302 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2303 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2304 LOLR_Raw, 2305 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2306 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2307 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2308 LOLR_Template 2309 }; 2310 2311 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2312 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2313 bool ConstArg, 2314 bool VolatileArg, 2315 bool RValueThis, 2316 bool ConstThis, 2317 bool VolatileThis); 2318 2319private: 2320 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2321 2322 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2323 // 2324 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2325 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2326 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2327 2328 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2329 /// source. 2330 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2331 2332public: 2333 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2334 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2335 /// 2336 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2337 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2338 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2339 SourceLocation Loc, 2340 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2341 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2342 = NotForRedeclaration); 2343 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2344 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2345 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2346 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2347 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2348 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2349 bool EnteringContext = false); 2350 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2351 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2352 = NotForRedeclaration); 2353 2354 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2355 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2356 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2357 2358 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2359 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2360 2361 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2362 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2363 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2364 unsigned Quals); 2365 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2366 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2367 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2368 unsigned Quals); 2369 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2370 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2371 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2372 2373 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2374 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2375 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2376 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2377 2378 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2379 SourceLocation Loc, 2380 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2381 ADLResult &Functions); 2382 2383 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2384 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2385 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2386 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2387 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2388 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2389 2390 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2391 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2392 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2393 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2394 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2395 bool EnteringContext = false, 2396 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2397 2398 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2399 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2400 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2401 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2402 2403 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2404 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2405 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2406 2407 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2408 //@} 2409 2410 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2411 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2412 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2413 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2414 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2415 SourceLocation Loc); 2416 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2417 Scope *S); 2418 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2419 2420 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2421 2422 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2423 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2424 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2425 bool NonInheritable = true, 2426 bool Inheritable = true); 2427 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2428 bool NonInheritable = true, 2429 bool Inheritable = true, 2430 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2431 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2432 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2433 2434 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2435 2436 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2437 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2438 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2439 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2440 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2441 2442 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2443 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2444 SourceRange Range); 2445 2446 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2447 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2448 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2449 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2450 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2451 2452 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2453 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2454 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2455 2456 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2457 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2458 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2459 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2460 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2461 2462 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2463 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2464 2465 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2466 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2467 2468 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2469 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2470 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2471 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2472 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2473 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2474 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2475 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2476 2477 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2478 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2479 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2480 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2481 SourceLocation Loc); 2482 2483 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2484 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2485 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2486 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2487 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2488 2489 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2490 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2491 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2492 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2493 2494 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2495 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2496 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2497 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2498 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2499 2500 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2501 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2502 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2503 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2504 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2505 2506 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2507 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2508 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2509 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2510 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2511 2512 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2513 /// class extensions. 2514 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2515 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2516 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2517 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2518 Selector GetterSel, 2519 Selector SetterSel, 2520 const bool isAssign, 2521 const bool isReadWrite, 2522 const unsigned Attributes, 2523 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2524 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2525 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2526 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2527 2528 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2529 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2530 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2531 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2532 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2533 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2534 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2535 Selector GetterSel, 2536 Selector SetterSel, 2537 const bool isAssign, 2538 const bool isReadWrite, 2539 const unsigned Attributes, 2540 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2541 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2542 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2543 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2544 2545 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2546 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2547 /// setter or getter. 2548 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2549 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2550 2551 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2552 2553 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2554 2555 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2556 MMS_loose, 2557 MMS_strict 2558 }; 2559 2560 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2561 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2562 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2563 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2564 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2565 2566 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2567 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2568 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2569 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2570 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2571 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2572 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2573 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2574 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2575 bool ImmediateClass, 2576 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2577 2578 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2579 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2580 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2581 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2582 2583 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2584 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2585 2586private: 2587 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2588 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2589 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2590 2591 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2592 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2593 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2594 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2595 bool warn, bool instance); 2596 2597public: 2598 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2599 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2600 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2601 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2602 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2603 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2604 } 2605 2606 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2607 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2608 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2609 } 2610 2611 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2612 /// pool. 2613 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2614 2615 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2616 /// there are multiple signatures. 2617 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2618 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2619 bool warn=true) { 2620 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2621 warn, /*instance*/true); 2622 } 2623 2624 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2625 /// there are multiple signatures. 2626 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2627 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2628 bool warn=true) { 2629 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2630 warn, /*instance*/false); 2631 } 2632 2633 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2634 /// implementation. 2635 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2636 2637 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2638 /// initialization. 2639 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2640 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2641 2642 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2643 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2644public: 2645 class FullExprArg { 2646 public: 2647 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2648 2649 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2650 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2651 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2652 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2653 2654 ExprResult release() { 2655 return E; 2656 } 2657 2658 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2659 2660 Expr *operator->() { 2661 return E; 2662 } 2663 2664 private: 2665 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2666 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2667 friend class Sema; 2668 2669 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2670 2671 Expr *E; 2672 }; 2673 2674 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2675 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2676 } 2677 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2678 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2679 } 2680 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2681 ExprResult FE = 2682 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2683 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2684 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2685 } 2686 2687 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2688 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2689 2690 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2691 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2692 2693 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2694 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2695 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2696 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2697 bool isStmtExpr); 2698 2699 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2700 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2701 public: 2702 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2703 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2704 } 2705 2706 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2707 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2708 } 2709 2710 private: 2711 Sema &S; 2712 }; 2713 2714 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2715 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2716 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2717 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2718 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2719 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2720 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2721 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2722 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2723 2724 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2725 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2726 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2727 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2728 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2729 2730 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2731 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2732 Stmt *SubStmt); 2733 2734 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2735 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2736 Stmt *ThenVal, 2737 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2738 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2739 Expr *Cond, 2740 Decl *CondVar); 2741 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2742 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2743 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2744 FullExprArg Cond, 2745 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2746 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2747 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2748 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2749 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2752 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2753 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2754 Decl *SecondVar, 2755 FullExprArg Third, 2756 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2757 Stmt *Body); 2758 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2759 Expr *collection); 2760 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2761 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2762 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2763 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2764 2765 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2766 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2767 BFRK_Build, 2768 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2769 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2770 BFRK_Rebuild, 2771 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2772 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2773 BFRK_Check 2774 }; 2775 2776 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2777 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2778 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2779 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2780 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2781 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2782 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2783 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2784 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2785 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2786 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2787 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2788 2789 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2790 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2791 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2792 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2793 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2794 Expr *DestExp); 2795 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2796 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2797 2798 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2799 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2800 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2801 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2802 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2803 SourceLocation Loc, 2804 unsigned NumParams); 2805 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2806 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2807 2808 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2809 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2810 2811 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2812 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2813 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2814 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2815 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2816 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2817 2818 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2819 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2820 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2821 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2822 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2823 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2824 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2825 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2826 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2827 StringRef AsmString, 2828 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2829 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2830 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2831 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2832 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2833 2834 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2835 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2836 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2837 bool Invalid = false); 2838 2839 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2840 2841 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2842 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2843 2844 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2845 2846 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2847 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2848 2849 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2850 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2851 Scope *CurScope); 2852 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2853 Expr *operand); 2854 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2855 Expr *SynchExpr, 2856 Stmt *SynchBody); 2857 2858 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2859 2860 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2861 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2862 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2863 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2864 2865 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2866 2867 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2868 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2869 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2870 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2871 2872 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2873 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2874 Stmt *TryBlock, 2875 Stmt *Handler); 2876 2877 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2878 Expr *FilterExpr, 2879 Stmt *Block); 2880 2881 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2882 Stmt *Block); 2883 2884 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2885 2886 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2887 2888 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2889 /// of it. 2890 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2891 2892 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2893 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2894 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2895 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2896 2897 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2898 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2899 /// 2900 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2901 /// if (condition); 2902 /// do_stuff(); 2903 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2904 const Stmt *Body, 2905 unsigned DiagID); 2906 2907 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2908 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2909 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2910 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2911 2912 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2913 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2914 } 2915 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2916 2917 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2918 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2919 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2920 } 2921 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2922 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2923 } 2924 2925 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2926 2927 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2928 SourceLocation Loc, 2929 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2930 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2931 2932 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2933 2934 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2935 StringRef message); 2936 2937 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2938 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2939 2940 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2941 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2942 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2943 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2944 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2945 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2946 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2947 SourceLocation Loc); 2948 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2949 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2950 2951 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2952 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2953 bool IsDecltype = false); 2954 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2955 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2956 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2957 bool IsDecltype = false); 2958 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2959 2960 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2961 2962 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2963 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2964 2965 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2966 2967 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2968 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2969 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2970 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2971 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2972 // named expressions. 2973 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2974 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2975 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2976 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2977 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2978 2979 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2980 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2981 2982 enum TryCaptureKind { 2983 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2984 }; 2985 2986 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2987 /// 2988 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2989 /// 2990 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2991 /// 2992 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2993 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2994 /// 2995 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2996 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2997 /// 2998 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2999 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3000 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3001 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3002 /// 3003 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3004 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3005 /// variable can be captured. 3006 /// 3007 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3008 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3009 /// captured. 3010 /// 3011 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3012 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3013 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3014 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3015 QualType &CaptureType, 3016 QualType &DeclRefType); 3017 3018 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3019 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3020 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3021 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3022 3023 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3024 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3025 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3026 3027 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3028 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3029 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3030 3031 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3032 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3033 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3034 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3035 bool ForceComplain = false, 3036 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3037 3038 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3039 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3040 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3041 3042 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3043 /// evaluation context. 3044 /// 3045 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3046 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3047 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3048 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3049 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3050 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3051 3052 // Primary Expressions. 3053 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3054 3055 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3056 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3057 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3058 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3059 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3060 3061 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3062 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3063 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3064 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3065 3066 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3067 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3068 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3069 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3070 3071 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3072 IdentifierInfo *II, 3073 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3074 3075 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3076 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3077 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3078 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3079 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3080 3081 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3082 ExprValueKind VK, 3083 SourceLocation Loc, 3084 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3085 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3086 ExprValueKind VK, 3087 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3088 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3089 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3090 ExprResult 3091 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3092 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3093 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3094 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3095 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3096 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3097 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3098 LookupResult &R, 3099 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3100 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3101 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3102 LookupResult &R, 3103 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3104 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3105 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3106 const LookupResult &R, 3107 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3108 3109 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3110 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3111 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3112 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3113 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3114 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3115 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3116 3117 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3118 LookupResult &R, 3119 bool NeedsADL); 3120 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3121 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3122 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3123 3124 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3125 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3126 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3127 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3128 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3129 3130 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3131 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3132 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3133 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3134 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3135 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3136 SourceLocation R, 3137 MultiExprArg Val); 3138 3139 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3140 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3141 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3142 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3143 3144 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3145 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3146 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3147 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3148 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3149 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3150 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3151 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3152 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3153 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3154 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3155 Expr **Exprs, 3156 unsigned NumAssocs); 3157 3158 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3159 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3160 Expr *InputExpr); 3161 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3162 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3163 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3164 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3165 3166 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3167 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3168 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3169 SourceRange R); 3170 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3171 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3172 ExprResult 3173 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3174 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3175 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3176 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3177 3178 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3179 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3180 3181 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3182 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3183 SourceRange ExprRange, 3184 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3185 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3186 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3187 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3188 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3189 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3190 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3191 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3192 3193 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3194 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3195 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3196 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3197 3198 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3199 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3200 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3201 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3202 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3203 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3204 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3205 3206 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3207 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3208 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3209 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3210 // defines a custom operator->). 3211 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3212 Scope *S; 3213 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3214 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3215 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3216 }; 3217 3218 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3219 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3220 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3221 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3222 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3223 LookupResult &R, 3224 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3225 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3226 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3227 3228 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3229 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3230 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3231 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3232 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3233 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3234 3235 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3236 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3237 const LookupResult &R); 3238 3239 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3240 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3241 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3242 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3243 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3244 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3245 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3246 3247 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3248 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3249 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3250 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3251 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3252 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3253 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3254 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3255 3256 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3257 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3258 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3259 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3260 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3261 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3262 bool ExecConfig = false); 3263 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3264 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3265 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3266 3267 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3268 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3269 /// locations. 3270 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3271 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3272 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3273 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3274 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3275 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3276 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3277 Expr *Config = 0, 3278 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3279 3280 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3281 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3282 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3283 3284 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3285 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3286 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3287 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3288 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3289 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3290 Expr *Op); 3291 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3292 3293 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3294 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3295 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3296 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3297 3298 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3299 3300 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3301 ParsedType Ty, 3302 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3303 Expr *InitExpr); 3304 3305 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3306 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3307 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3308 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3309 3310 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3311 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3312 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3313 3314 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3315 SourceLocation Loc, 3316 bool GNUSyntax, 3317 ExprResult Init); 3318 3319 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3320 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3321 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3322 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3323 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3324 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3325 3326 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3327 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3328 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3329 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3330 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3331 3332 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3333 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3334 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3335 3336 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3337 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3338 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3339 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3340 3341 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3342 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3343 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3344 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3345 union { 3346 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3347 Expr *E; 3348 } U; 3349 }; 3350 3351 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3352 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3354 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3355 unsigned NumComponents, 3356 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3357 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3358 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3359 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3360 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3361 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3362 unsigned NumComponents, 3363 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3364 3365 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3366 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3367 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3368 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3369 3370 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3371 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3372 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3373 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3374 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3375 3376 // __null 3377 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3378 3379 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3380 3381 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3382 enum IfExistsResult { 3383 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3384 IER_Exists, 3385 3386 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3387 IER_DoesNotExist, 3388 3389 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3390 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3391 IER_Dependent, 3392 3393 /// \brief An error occurred. 3394 IER_Error 3395 }; 3396 3397 IfExistsResult 3398 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3399 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3400 3401 IfExistsResult 3402 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3403 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3404 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3405 3406 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3407 bool IsIfExists, 3408 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3409 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3410 Stmt *Nested); 3411 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3412 bool IsIfExists, 3413 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3414 Stmt *Nested); 3415 3416 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3417 3418 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3419 /// started. 3420 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3421 3422 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3423 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3424 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3425 Scope *CurScope); 3426 3427 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3428 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3429 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3430 3431 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3432 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3433 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3434 Scope *CurScope); 3435 3436 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3437 3438 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3439 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3440 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3441 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3442 3443 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3444 3445 // Act on C++ namespaces 3446 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3447 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3448 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3449 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3450 SourceLocation LBrace, 3451 AttributeList *AttrList); 3452 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3453 3454 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3455 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3456 3457 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3458 3459 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3460 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3461 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3462 3463 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3464 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3465 /// 3466 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3467 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3468 3469 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3470 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3471 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3472 3473 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3474 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3475 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3476 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3477 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3478 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3479 AttributeList *AttrList); 3480 3481 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3482 3483 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3484 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3485 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3486 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3487 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3488 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3489 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3490 3491 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3492 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3493 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3494 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3495 NamedDecl *Target); 3496 3497 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3498 bool isTypeName, 3499 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3500 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3501 const LookupResult &Previous); 3502 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3503 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3504 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3505 3506 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3507 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3508 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3509 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3510 AttributeList *AttrList, 3511 bool IsInstantiation, 3512 bool IsTypeName, 3513 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3514 3515 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3516 3517 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3518 AccessSpecifier AS, 3519 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3520 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3521 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3522 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3523 AttributeList *AttrList, 3524 bool IsTypeName, 3525 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3526 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3527 AccessSpecifier AS, 3528 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3529 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3530 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3531 AttributeList *AttrList, 3532 TypeResult Type); 3533 3534 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3535 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3536 /// 3537 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3538 ExprResult 3539 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3540 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3541 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3542 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3543 SourceRange ParenRange); 3544 3545 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3546 // the constructor can be elidable? 3547 ExprResult 3548 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3549 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3550 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3551 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3552 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3553 3554 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3555 /// the default expr if needed. 3556 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3557 FunctionDecl *FD, 3558 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3559 3560 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3561 /// constructed variable. 3562 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3563 3564 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3565 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3566 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3567 // Pointer to allow copying 3568 Sema *Self; 3569 // We order exception specifications thus: 3570 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3571 // throw() comes next. 3572 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3573 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3574 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3575 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3576 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3577 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3578 3579 void ClearExceptions() { 3580 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3581 Exceptions.clear(); 3582 } 3583 3584 public: 3585 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3586 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3587 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3588 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3589 } 3590 3591 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3592 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3593 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3594 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3595 return ComputedEST; 3596 } 3597 3598 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3599 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3600 3601 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3602 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3603 3604 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3605 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3606 3607 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3608 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3609 3610 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3611 /// computed exception specification. 3612 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3613 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3614 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3615 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3616 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3617 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3618 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3619 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3620 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3621 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3622 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3623 tok::kw_false).take(); 3624 } 3625 } 3626 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3627 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3628 getEPI(EPI); 3629 return EPI; 3630 } 3631 }; 3632 3633 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3634 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3635 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3636 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3637 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3638 3639 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3640 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3641 /// will be const. 3642 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3643 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3644 3645 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3646 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3647 /// parameter will be const. 3648 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3649 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3650 3651 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3652 /// constructor of a class will have. 3653 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3654 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3655 3656 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3657 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3658 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3659 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3660 3661 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3662 /// destructor of a class will have. 3663 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3664 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3665 3666 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3667 /// constructor of a class will have. 3668 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3669 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3670 3671 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3672 /// special member function. 3673 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3674 3675 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3676 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3677 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3678 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3679 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3680 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3681 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3682 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3683 3684 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3685 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3686 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3687 bool Diagnose = false); 3688 3689 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3690 /// 3691 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3692 /// default constructor will be added. 3693 /// 3694 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3695 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3696 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3697 3698 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3699 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3700 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3701 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3702 3703 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3704 /// 3705 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3706 /// destructor will be added. 3707 /// 3708 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3709 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3710 3711 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3712 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3713 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3714 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3715 3716 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3717 /// 3718 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3719 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3720 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3721 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3722 3723 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3724 /// 3725 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3726 /// constructors will be added. 3727 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3728 3729 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3730 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3731 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3732 3733 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3734 /// 3735 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3736 /// copy constructor will be added. 3737 /// 3738 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3739 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3740 3741 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3742 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3743 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3744 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3745 3746 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3747 /// 3748 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3749 /// move constructor will be added. 3750 /// 3751 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3752 /// declared. 3753 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3754 3755 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3756 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3757 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3758 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3759 3760 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3761 /// 3762 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3763 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3764 /// 3765 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3766 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3767 3768 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3769 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3770 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3771 3772 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3773 /// 3774 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3775 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3776 /// 3777 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3778 /// wasn't declared. 3779 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3780 3781 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3782 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3783 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3784 3785 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3786 /// class. 3787 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3788 3789 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3790 /// special member function. 3791 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3792 3793 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3794 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3795 /// 3796 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3797 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3798 3799 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3800 /// member function. 3801 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3802 3803 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3804 /// static member function. 3805 /// 3806 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3807 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3808 3809 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3810 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3811 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3812 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3813 3814 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3815 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3816 SourceLocation Loc, 3817 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3818 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3819 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3820 3821 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3822 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3823 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3824 3825 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3826 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3827 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3828 ParsedType ObjectType, 3829 bool EnteringContext); 3830 3831 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3832 3833 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3834 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3835 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3836 3837 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3838 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3839 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3840 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3841 Declarator &D, 3842 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3843 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3844 Expr *E, 3845 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3846 3847 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3848 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3849 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3850 Expr *E, 3851 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3852 SourceRange Parens); 3853 3854 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3855 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3856 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3857 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3858 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3859 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3860 Expr *Operand, 3861 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3862 3863 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3864 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3865 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3866 void *TyOrExpr, 3867 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3868 3869 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3870 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3871 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3872 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3873 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3874 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3875 Expr *Operand, 3876 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3877 3878 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3879 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3880 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3881 void *TyOrExpr, 3882 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3883 3884 3885 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3886 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3887 3888 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3889 /// 3890 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3891 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3892 3893 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3894 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3895 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3896 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3897 3898 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3899 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3900 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3901 Sema &S; 3902 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3903 bool Enabled; 3904 3905 public: 3906 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3907 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3908 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3909 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3910 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3911 bool Enabled = true); 3912 3913 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3914 }; 3915 3916 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3917 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3918 /// 3919 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3920 /// 3921 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3922 /// capture list. 3923 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3924 3925 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3926 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3927 /// being defined. 3928 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3929 3930 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3931 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3932 3933 3934 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3935 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3936 3937 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3938 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3939 3940 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3941 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3942 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3943 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3944 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3945 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3946 3947 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3948 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3949 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3950 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3951 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3952 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3953 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3954 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3955 3956 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3957 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3958 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3959 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3960 3961 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3962 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3963 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3964 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3965 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3966 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3967 Expr *Initializer); 3968 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3969 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3970 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3971 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3972 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3973 QualType AllocType, 3974 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3975 Expr *ArraySize, 3976 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3977 Expr *Initializer, 3978 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3979 3980 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3981 SourceRange R); 3982 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3983 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3984 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3985 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3986 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3987 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3988 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3989 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3990 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3991 bool Diagnose = true); 3992 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3993 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3994 QualType Argument, 3995 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3996 3997 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3998 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3999 bool Diagnose = true); 4000 4001 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4002 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4003 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4004 Expr *Operand); 4005 4006 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4007 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4008 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4009 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4010 4011 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4012 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4013 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4014 SourceLocation RParen); 4015 4016 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4017 /// pseudo-functions. 4018 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4019 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4020 ParsedType Ty, 4021 SourceLocation RParen); 4022 4023 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4024 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4025 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4026 SourceLocation RParen); 4027 4028 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4029 /// pseudo-functions. 4030 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4031 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4032 ParsedType LhsTy, 4033 ParsedType RhsTy, 4034 SourceLocation RParen); 4035 4036 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4037 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4038 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4039 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4040 SourceLocation RParen); 4041 4042 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4043 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4044 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4045 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4046 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4047 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4048 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4049 4050 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4051 /// pseudo-functions. 4052 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4053 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4054 ParsedType LhsTy, 4055 Expr *DimExpr, 4056 SourceLocation RParen); 4057 4058 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4059 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4060 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4061 Expr *DimExpr, 4062 SourceLocation RParen); 4063 4064 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4065 /// pseudo-functions. 4066 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4067 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4068 Expr *Queried, 4069 SourceLocation RParen); 4070 4071 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4072 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4073 Expr *Queried, 4074 SourceLocation RParen); 4075 4076 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4077 Expr *Base, 4078 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4079 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4080 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4081 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4082 4083 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4084 4085 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4086 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4087 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4088 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4089 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4090 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4091 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4092 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4093 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4094 4095 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4096 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4097 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4098 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4099 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4100 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4101 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4102 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4103 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4104 4105 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4106 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4107 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4108 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4109 const DeclSpec& DS, 4110 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4111 4112 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4113 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4114 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4115 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4116 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4117 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4118 4119 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4120 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4121 : SourceLocation()); 4122 } 4123 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4124 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4125 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4126 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4127 4128 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4129 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4130 4131 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4132 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4133 bool EnteringContext = false); 4134 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4135 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4136 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4137 4138 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4139 /// 4140 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4143 /// 4144 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4145 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4146 /// 4147 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4148 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4149 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4150 4151 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4152 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4153 4154 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4155 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4156 IdentifierInfo &II, 4157 ParsedType ObjectType); 4158 4159 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4160 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4161 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4162 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4163 QualType ObjectType, 4164 bool EnteringContext, 4165 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4166 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4167 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4168 4169 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4170 /// 4171 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4172 /// 4173 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4174 /// 4175 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4176 /// 4177 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4178 /// 4179 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4180 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4181 /// 4182 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4183 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4184 /// 4185 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4186 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4187 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4188 /// including this new type). 4189 /// 4190 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4191 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4192 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4193 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4194 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4195 ParsedType ObjectType, 4196 bool EnteringContext, 4197 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4198 4199 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4200 4201 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4202 const DeclSpec &DS, 4203 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4204 4205 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4206 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4207 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4208 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4209 ParsedType ObjectType, 4210 bool EnteringContext); 4211 4212 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4213 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4214 /// 4215 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4216 /// 4217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4218 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4219 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4220 /// including this new type). 4221 /// 4222 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4223 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4224 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4225 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4226 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4227 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4228 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4229 /// 4230 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4231 /// nested-name-specifier. 4232 /// 4233 /// 4234 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4235 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4236 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4237 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4238 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4239 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4240 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4241 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4242 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4243 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4244 bool EnteringContext); 4245 4246 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4247 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4248 /// nested-name-specifier. 4249 /// 4250 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4251 /// 4252 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4253 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4254 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4255 4256 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4257 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4258 /// 4259 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4260 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4261 /// 4262 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4263 /// 4264 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4265 /// of the annotation pointer. 4266 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4267 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4268 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4269 4270 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4271 4272 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4273 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4274 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4275 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4276 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4277 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4278 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4279 4280 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4281 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4282 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4283 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4284 /// defining scope. 4285 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4286 4287 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4288 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4289 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4290 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4291 /// class X. 4292 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4293 4294 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4295 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4296 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4297 4298 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4299 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4300 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4301 bool KnownDependent); 4302 4303 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4304 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4305 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4306 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4307 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4308 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4309 4310 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4311 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4312 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4313 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4314 bool ExplicitParams, 4315 bool ExplicitResultType, 4316 bool Mutable); 4317 4318 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4319 /// given lambda. 4320 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4321 4322 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4323 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4324 4325 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4326 /// statements present in the body. 4327 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4328 4329 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4330 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4331 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4332 /// lambda. 4333 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4334 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4335 4336 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4337 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4338 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4339 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4340 4341 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4342 /// was successfully completed. 4343 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4344 Scope *CurScope, 4345 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4346 4347 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4348 /// function pointer. 4349 /// 4350 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4351 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4352 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4353 /// block pointer conversion. 4354 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4355 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4356 4357 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4358 /// block pointer. 4359 /// 4360 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4361 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4362 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4363 /// block pointer conversion. 4364 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4365 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4366 4367 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4368 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4369 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4370 Expr *Src); 4371 4372 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4373 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4374 Expr **Strings, 4375 unsigned NumStrings); 4376 4377 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4378 4379 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4380 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4381 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4382 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4383 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4384 bool Value); 4385 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4386 4387 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4388 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4389 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4390 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4391 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4392 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4393 4394 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4395 Expr *IndexExpr, 4396 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4397 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4398 4399 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4400 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4401 unsigned NumElements); 4402 4403 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4404 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4405 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4406 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4407 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4408 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4409 4410 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4411 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4412 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4413 ParsedType Ty, 4414 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4415 4416 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4417 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4418 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4419 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4420 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4421 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4422 4423 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4424 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4425 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4426 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4427 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4428 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4429 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4430 4431 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4432 // C++ Declarations 4433 // 4434 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4435 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4436 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4437 StringRef Lang, 4438 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4439 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4440 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4441 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4442 4443 4444 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4445 // C++ Classes 4446 // 4447 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4449 4450 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4451 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4452 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4453 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4454 4455 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4456 Declarator &D, 4457 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4458 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4459 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4460 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4461 Expr *Init); 4462 4463 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4464 Scope *S, 4465 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4466 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4467 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4468 const DeclSpec &DS, 4469 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4470 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4471 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4472 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4473 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4474 4475 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4476 Scope *S, 4477 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4478 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4479 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4480 const DeclSpec &DS, 4481 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4482 Expr *InitList, 4483 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4484 4485 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4486 Scope *S, 4487 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4488 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4489 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4490 const DeclSpec &DS, 4491 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4492 Expr *Init, 4493 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4494 4495 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4496 Expr *Init, 4497 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4498 4499 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4500 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4501 Expr *Init, 4502 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4503 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4504 4505 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4506 Expr *Init, 4507 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4508 4509 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4510 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4511 4512 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4513 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4514 4515 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4516 4517 4518 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4519 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4520 /// referenced. 4521 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4522 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4523 4524 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4525 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4526 /// first use occurred. 4527 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4528 4529 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4530 /// materialized. 4531 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4532 4533 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4534 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4535 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4536 /// by code generation). 4537 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4538 4539 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4540 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4541 4542 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4543 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4544 DynamicClassesType; 4545 4546 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4547 /// unit. 4548 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4549 4550 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4551 /// given location. 4552 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4553 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4554 4555 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4556 /// in the given class as needed. 4557 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4558 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4559 4560 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4561 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4562 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4563 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4564 4565 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4566 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4567 /// vtables. 4568 /// 4569 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4570 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4571 4572 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4573 4574 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4575 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4576 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4577 bool AnyErrors); 4578 4579 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4580 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4581 Decl *TagDecl, 4582 SourceLocation LBrac, 4583 SourceLocation RBrac, 4584 AttributeList *AttrList); 4585 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4586 4587 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4588 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4589 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4590 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4591 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4592 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4593 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4594 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4595 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4596 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4597 4598 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4599 Expr *AssertExpr, 4600 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4601 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4602 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4603 Expr *AssertExpr, 4604 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4605 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4606 bool Failed); 4607 4608 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4609 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4610 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4611 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4612 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4613 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4614 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4615 4616 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4617 StorageClass& SC); 4618 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4619 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4620 StorageClass& SC); 4621 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4622 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4623 StorageClass& SC); 4624 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4625 4626 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4627 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4628 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4629 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4630 4631 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4632 // C++ Derived Classes 4633 // 4634 4635 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4636 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4637 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4638 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4639 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4640 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4641 4642 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4643 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4644 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4645 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4646 ParsedType basetype, 4647 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4648 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4649 4650 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4651 unsigned NumBases); 4652 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4653 unsigned NumBases); 4654 4655 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4656 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4657 4658 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4659 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4660 4661 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4662 4663 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4664 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4665 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4666 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4667 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4668 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4669 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4670 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4671 DeclarationName Name, 4672 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4673 4674 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4675 4676 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4677 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4678 4679 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4680 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4681 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4682 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4683 4684 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4685 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4686 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4687 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4688 4689 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4690 4691 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4692 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4693 4694 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4695 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4696 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4697 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4698 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4699 4700 4701 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4702 // C++ Access Control 4703 // 4704 4705 enum AccessResult { 4706 AR_accessible, 4707 AR_inaccessible, 4708 AR_dependent, 4709 AR_delayed 4710 }; 4711 4712 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4713 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4714 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4715 4716 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4718 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4719 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4720 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4721 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4722 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4723 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4724 bool Diagnose = true); 4725 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4726 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4727 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4728 AccessSpecifier Access, 4729 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4730 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4731 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4732 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4733 AccessSpecifier Access, 4734 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4735 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4736 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4737 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4738 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4739 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4740 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4741 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4742 Expr *ArgExpr, 4743 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4744 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4745 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4746 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4747 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4748 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4749 unsigned DiagID, 4750 bool ForceCheck = false, 4751 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4752 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4753 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4754 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4755 AccessSpecifier access, 4756 QualType objectType); 4757 4758 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4759 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4760 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4761 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4762 4763 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4764 4765 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4766 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4767 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4768 4769 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4770 AbstractNone = -1, 4771 AbstractReturnType, 4772 AbstractParamType, 4773 AbstractVariableType, 4774 AbstractFieldType, 4775 AbstractIvarType, 4776 AbstractArrayType 4777 }; 4778 4779 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4780 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4781 template<typename T1> 4782 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4783 unsigned DiagID, 4784 const T1 &Arg1) { 4785 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4786 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4787 } 4788 4789 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4790 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4791 unsigned DiagID, 4792 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4793 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4794 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4795 } 4796 4797 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4798 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4799 unsigned DiagID, 4800 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4801 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4802 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4803 } 4804 4805 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4806 4807 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4808 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4809 4810 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4811 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4812 // 4813 4814 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4815 4816 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4817 4818 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4819 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4820 // 4821 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4822 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4823 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4824 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4825 4826 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4827 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4828 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4829 4830 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4831 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4832 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4833 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4834 ParsedType ObjectType, 4835 bool EnteringContext, 4836 TemplateTy &Template, 4837 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4838 4839 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4840 SourceLocation IILoc, 4841 Scope *S, 4842 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4843 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4844 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4845 4846 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4847 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4848 4849 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4850 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4851 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4852 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4853 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4854 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4855 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4856 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4857 4858 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4859 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4860 unsigned Depth, 4861 unsigned Position, 4862 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4863 Expr *DefaultArg); 4864 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4865 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4866 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4867 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4868 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4869 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4870 unsigned Depth, 4871 unsigned Position, 4872 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4873 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4874 4875 TemplateParameterList * 4876 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4877 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4878 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4879 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4880 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4881 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4882 4883 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4884 /// list. 4885 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4886 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4887 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4888 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4889 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4890 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4891 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4892 }; 4893 4894 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4895 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4896 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4897 TemplateParameterList * 4898 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4899 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4900 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4901 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4902 unsigned NumParamLists, 4903 bool IsFriend, 4904 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4905 bool &Invalid); 4906 4907 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4908 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4909 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4910 AttributeList *Attr, 4911 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4912 AccessSpecifier AS, 4913 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4914 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4915 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4916 4917 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4918 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4919 4920 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4921 4922 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4923 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4924 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4925 4926 TypeResult 4927 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4928 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4929 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4930 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4931 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4932 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4933 4934 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4935 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4936 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4937 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4938 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4939 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4940 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4941 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4942 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4943 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4944 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4945 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4946 4947 4948 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4949 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4950 LookupResult &R, 4951 bool RequiresADL, 4952 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4953 4954 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4955 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4956 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4957 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4958 4959 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4960 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4961 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4962 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4963 ParsedType ObjectType, 4964 bool EnteringContext, 4965 TemplateTy &Template); 4966 4967 DeclResult 4968 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4969 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4970 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4971 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4972 TemplateTy Template, 4973 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4974 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4975 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4976 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4977 AttributeList *Attr, 4978 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4979 4980 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4981 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4982 Declarator &D); 4983 4984 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4985 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4986 Declarator &D); 4987 4988 bool 4989 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4990 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4991 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4992 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4993 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4994 bool &SuppressNew); 4995 4996 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4997 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4998 LookupResult &Previous); 4999 5000 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5002 LookupResult &Previous); 5003 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5004 5005 DeclResult 5006 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5007 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5008 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5009 unsigned TagSpec, 5010 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5011 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5012 TemplateTy Template, 5013 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5014 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5015 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5016 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5017 AttributeList *Attr); 5018 5019 DeclResult 5020 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5021 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5022 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5023 unsigned TagSpec, 5024 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5025 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5026 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5027 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5028 AttributeList *Attr); 5029 5030 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5031 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5032 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5033 Declarator &D); 5034 5035 TemplateArgumentLoc 5036 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5037 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5038 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5039 Decl *Param, 5040 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5041 5042 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5043 /// argument is being checked. 5044 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5045 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5046 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5047 CTAK_Specified, 5048 5049 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5050 /// deduction. 5051 CTAK_Deduced, 5052 5053 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5054 /// via template argument deduction. 5055 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5056 }; 5057 5058 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5059 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5060 NamedDecl *Template, 5061 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5062 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5063 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5064 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5065 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5066 5067 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5068 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5069 /// 5070 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5071 /// provided. 5072 /// 5073 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5074 /// 5075 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5076 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5077 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5078 /// arguments. 5079 /// 5080 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5081 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5082 /// set of template arguments. 5083 /// 5084 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5085 /// arguments. 5086 /// 5087 /// 5088 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5089 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5090 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5091 /// 5092 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5093 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5094 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5095 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5096 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5097 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5098 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5099 5100 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5101 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5102 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5103 5104 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5105 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5106 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5107 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5108 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5109 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5110 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5111 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5112 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5113 5114 ExprResult 5115 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5116 QualType ParamType, 5117 SourceLocation Loc); 5118 ExprResult 5119 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5120 SourceLocation Loc); 5121 5122 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5123 /// for equality. 5124 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5125 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5126 /// that might be redeclarations. 5127 /// 5128 /// \code 5129 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5130 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5131 /// \endcode 5132 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5133 5134 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5135 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5136 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5137 /// 5138 /// \code 5139 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5140 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5141 /// \endcode 5142 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5143 5144 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5145 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5146 /// template parameter. 5147 /// 5148 /// \code 5149 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5150 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5151 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5152 /// \endcode 5153 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5154 }; 5155 5156 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5157 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5158 bool Complain, 5159 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5160 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5161 = SourceLocation()); 5162 5163 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5164 5165 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5166 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5167 /// 5168 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5169 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5170 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5171 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5172 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5173 TypeResult 5174 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5175 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5176 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5177 5178 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5179 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5180 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5181 /// 5182 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5183 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5184 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5185 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5186 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5187 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5188 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5189 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5190 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5191 TypeResult 5192 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5193 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5194 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5195 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5196 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5197 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5198 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5199 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5200 5201 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5202 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5203 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5204 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5205 SourceLocation IILoc); 5206 5207 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5208 SourceLocation Loc, 5209 DeclarationName Name); 5210 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5211 5212 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5213 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5214 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5215 5216 std::string 5217 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5218 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5219 5220 std::string 5221 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5222 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5223 unsigned NumArgs); 5224 5225 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5226 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5227 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5228 5229 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5230 /// being diagnosed. 5231 /// 5232 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5233 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5234 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5235 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5236 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5237 5238 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5239 UPPC_BaseType, 5240 5241 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5242 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5243 5244 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5245 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5246 5247 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5248 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5249 5250 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5251 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5252 5253 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5254 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5255 5256 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5257 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5258 5259 /// \brief A using declaration. 5260 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5261 5262 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5263 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5264 5265 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5266 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5267 5268 /// \brief An initializer. 5269 UPPC_Initializer, 5270 5271 /// \brief A default argument. 5272 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5273 5274 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5275 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5276 5277 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5278 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5279 5280 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5281 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5282 5283 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5284 UPPC_IfExists, 5285 5286 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5287 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5288 5289 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5290 UPPC_Lambda, 5291 5292 /// \brief Block expression, 5293 UPPC_Block 5294}; 5295 5296 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5299 /// 5300 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5301 /// parameter packs. 5302 /// 5303 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5304 /// 5305 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5306 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5307 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5308 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5309 5310 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5311 /// diagnose the error. 5312 /// 5313 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5314 /// 5315 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5316 /// packs. 5317 /// 5318 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5319 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5320 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5321 5322 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5323 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5324 /// 5325 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5326 /// parameter packs. 5327 /// 5328 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5329 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5330 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5331 5332 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5333 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5334 /// 5335 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5336 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5337 /// 5338 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5339 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5340 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5341 5342 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5343 /// diagnose the error. 5344 /// 5345 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5346 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5347 /// 5348 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5349 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5350 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5351 5352 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5353 /// diagnose the error. 5354 /// 5355 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5356 /// 5357 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5358 /// parameter packs. 5359 /// 5360 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5361 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5362 TemplateName Template, 5363 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5364 5365 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5366 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5369 /// parameter packs. 5370 /// 5371 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5372 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5373 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5374 5375 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5376 /// template argument. 5377 /// 5378 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5379 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5380 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5381 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5382 5383 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5384 /// template argument. 5385 /// 5386 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5387 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5388 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5389 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5390 5391 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5392 /// type. 5393 /// 5394 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5395 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5396 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5397 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5398 5399 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5400 /// type. 5401 /// 5402 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5403 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5404 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5405 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5406 5407 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5408 /// nested-name-specifier. 5409 /// 5410 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5411 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5412 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5413 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5414 5415 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5416 /// name. 5417 /// 5418 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5419 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5420 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5421 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5422 5423 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5424 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5425 /// 5426 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5427 /// may already be invalid. 5428 /// 5429 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5430 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5431 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5432 5433 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5434 /// creates a pack expansion. 5435 /// 5436 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5437 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5438 /// 5439 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5440 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5441 5442 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5443 /// expansion. 5444 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5445 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5446 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5447 5448 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5449 /// expansion. 5450 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5451 SourceRange PatternRange, 5452 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5453 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5454 5455 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5456 /// creates a pack expansion. 5457 /// 5458 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5459 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5460 /// 5461 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5462 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5463 5464 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5465 /// creates a pack expansion. 5466 /// 5467 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5468 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5469 /// 5470 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5471 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5472 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5473 5474 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5475 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5476 /// transforming the pattern. 5477 /// 5478 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5479 /// pack expansion. 5480 /// 5481 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5482 /// the pack expansion. 5483 /// 5484 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5485 /// pattern. 5486 /// 5487 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5488 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5489 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5490 /// 5491 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5492 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5493 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5494 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5495 /// 5496 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5497 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5498 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5499 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5500 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5501 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5502 /// set this value in other cases. 5503 /// 5504 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5505 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5506 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5507 /// must be set. 5508 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5509 SourceRange PatternRange, 5510 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5511 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5512 bool &ShouldExpand, 5513 bool &RetainExpansion, 5514 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5515 5516 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5517 /// type. 5518 /// 5519 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5520 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5521 /// 5522 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5523 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5524 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5525 5526 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5527 /// parameter packs. 5528 /// 5529 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5530 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5531 /// 5532 /// \code 5533 /// void f(T...); 5534 /// \endcode 5535 /// 5536 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5537 /// a variadic function. 5538 /// 5539 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5540 /// false otherwise. 5541 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5542 5543 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5544 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5545 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5546 5547 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5548 /// 5549 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5550 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5551 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5552 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5553 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5554 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5555 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5556 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5557 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5558 TDK_Success = 0, 5559 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5560 TDK_Invalid, 5561 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5562 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5563 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5564 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5565 /// for every template parameter. 5566 TDK_Incomplete, 5567 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5568 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5569 TDK_Inconsistent, 5570 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5571 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5572 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5573 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5574 TDK_Underqualified, 5575 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5576 /// resulted in an error. 5577 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5578 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5579 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5580 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5581 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5582 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5583 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5584 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5585 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5586 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5587 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5588 /// template arguments for the given template. 5589 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5590 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5591 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5592 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5593 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5594 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5595 }; 5596 5597 TemplateDeductionResult 5598 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5599 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5600 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5601 5602 TemplateDeductionResult 5603 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5604 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5605 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5606 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5607 QualType *FunctionType, 5608 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5609 5610 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5611 // deduction for a call. 5612 struct OriginalCallArg { 5613 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5614 unsigned ArgIdx, 5615 QualType OriginalArgType) 5616 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5617 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5618 5619 QualType OriginalParamType; 5620 unsigned ArgIdx; 5621 QualType OriginalArgType; 5622 }; 5623 5624 TemplateDeductionResult 5625 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5626 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5627 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5628 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5629 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5630 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5631 5632 TemplateDeductionResult 5633 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5634 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5635 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5636 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5637 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5638 5639 TemplateDeductionResult 5640 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5641 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5642 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5643 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5644 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5645 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5646 5647 TemplateDeductionResult 5648 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5649 QualType ToType, 5650 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5651 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5652 5653 TemplateDeductionResult 5654 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5655 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5656 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5657 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5658 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5659 5660 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5661 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5662 DAR_Succeeded, 5663 DAR_Failed, 5664 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5665 }; 5666 5667 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5668 QualType &Result); 5669 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5670 QualType &Result); 5671 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5672 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5673 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5674 bool Diagnose = true); 5675 5676 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5677 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5678 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5679 5680 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5681 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5682 SourceLocation Loc, 5683 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5684 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5685 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5686 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5687 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5688 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5689 SourceLocation Loc, 5690 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5691 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5692 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5693 bool Complain = true, 5694 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5695 5696 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5697 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5698 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5699 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5700 SourceLocation Loc); 5701 5702 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5703 bool OnlyDeduced, 5704 unsigned Depth, 5705 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5706 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5707 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5708 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5709 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5710 } 5711 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5712 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5713 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5714 5715 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5716 // C++ Template Instantiation 5717 // 5718 5719 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5720 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5721 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5722 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5723 5724 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5725 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5726 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5727 enum InstantiationKind { 5728 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5729 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5730 TemplateInstantiation, 5731 5732 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5733 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5734 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5735 /// arguments as specified. 5736 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5737 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5738 5739 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5740 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5741 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5742 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5743 5744 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5745 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5746 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5747 5748 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5749 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5750 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5751 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5752 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5753 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5754 5755 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5756 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5757 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5758 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5759 5760 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5761 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5762 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5763 5764 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5765 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5766 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5767 } Kind; 5768 5769 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5770 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5771 5772 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5773 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5774 /// arguments. 5775 NamedDecl *Template; 5776 5777 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5778 Decl *Entity; 5779 5780 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5781 /// are not part of the entity. 5782 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5783 5784 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5785 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5786 5787 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5788 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5789 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5790 5791 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5792 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5793 /// template instantiation. 5794 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5795 5796 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5797 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5798 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5799 5800 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5801 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5802 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5803 5804 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5805 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5806 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5807 return false; 5808 5809 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5810 return false; 5811 5812 switch (X.Kind) { 5813 case TemplateInstantiation: 5814 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5815 return true; 5816 5817 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5818 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5819 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5820 return false; 5821 5822 // Fall through 5823 5824 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5825 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5826 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5827 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5828 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5829 5830 } 5831 5832 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5833 } 5834 5835 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5836 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5837 return !(X == Y); 5838 } 5839 }; 5840 5841 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5842 /// 5843 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5844 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5845 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5846 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5847 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5848 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5849 5850 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5851 /// template instantiation. 5852 /// 5853 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5854 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5855 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5856 5857 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5858 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5859 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5860 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5861 5862 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5863 /// error or warning was produced. 5864 /// 5865 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5866 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5867 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5868 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5869 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5870 5871 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5872 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5873 /// 5874 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5875 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5876 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5877 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5878 5879 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5880 /// within a \c Sema object. 5881 /// 5882 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5883 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5884 Sema &Self; 5885 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5886 5887 public: 5888 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5889 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5890 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5891 } 5892 5893 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5894 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5895 } 5896 }; 5897 5898 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5899 5900 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5901 /// 5902 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5903 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5904 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5905 5906 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5907 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5908 /// deduction. 5909 /// 5910 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5911 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5912 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5913 5914 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5915 /// instantiation. 5916 /// 5917 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5918 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5919 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5920 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5921 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5922 /// 5923 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5924 /// the stack. 5925 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5926 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5927 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5928 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5929 Decl *Entity, 5930 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5931 5932 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5933 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5934 /// of a function template. 5935 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5936 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5937 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5938 5939 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5940 /// template-id. 5941 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5942 TemplateDecl *Template, 5943 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5944 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5945 5946 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5947 /// template-id. 5948 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5949 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5950 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5951 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5952 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5953 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5954 5955 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5956 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5957 /// specialization. 5958 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5959 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5960 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5961 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5962 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5963 5964 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5965 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5966 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5967 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5968 5969 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5970 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5971 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5972 NamedDecl *Template, 5973 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5974 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5975 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5976 5977 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5978 NamedDecl *Template, 5979 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5980 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5981 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5982 5983 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5984 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5985 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5986 TemplateDecl *Template, 5987 NamedDecl *Param, 5988 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5989 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5990 5991 5992 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5993 void Clear(); 5994 5995 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5996 5997 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5998 /// recursive template instantiations. 5999 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6000 6001 private: 6002 Sema &SemaRef; 6003 bool Invalid; 6004 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6005 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6006 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6007 6008 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6009 6010 InstantiatingTemplate& 6011 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6012 }; 6013 6014 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6015 6016 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6017 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6018 /// errors. 6019 /// 6020 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6021 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6022 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6023 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6024 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6025 6026 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6027 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6028 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6029 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6030 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6031 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6032 } 6033 6034 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6035 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6036 /// deduction.` 6037 class SFINAETrap { 6038 Sema &SemaRef; 6039 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6040 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6041 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6042 6043 public: 6044 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6045 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6046 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6047 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6048 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6049 { 6050 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6051 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6052 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6053 } 6054 6055 ~SFINAETrap() { 6056 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6057 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6058 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6059 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6060 } 6061 6062 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6063 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6064 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6065 } 6066 }; 6067 6068 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6069 /// variables. 6070 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6071 6072 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6073 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6074 6075 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6076 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6077 6078 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6079 /// name lookup. 6080 /// 6081 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6082 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6083 /// string represents a keyword. 6084 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6085 6086 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6087 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6088 6089 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6090 /// 6091 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6092 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6093 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6094 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6095 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6096 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6097 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6098 6099 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6100 /// but have not yet been performed. 6101 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6102 6103 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6104 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6105 /// 6106 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6107 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6108 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6109 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6110 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6111 6112 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6113 6114 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6115 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6116 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6117 6118 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6119 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6120 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6121 6122 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6123 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6124 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6125 6126 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6127 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6128 SourceLocation Loc, 6129 DeclarationName Entity, 6130 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6131 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6132 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6133 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6134 int indexAdjustment, 6135 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6136 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6137 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6138 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6140 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6141 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6142 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6143 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6144 6145 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6146 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6147 /// 6148 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6149 /// 6150 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6151 /// 6152 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6153 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6154 /// 6155 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6156 /// 6157 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6158 /// 6159 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6160 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6161 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6162 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6163 6164 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6165 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6166 6167 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6168 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6169 6170 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6171 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6172 bool CXXDirectInit); 6173 6174 bool 6175 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6176 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6177 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6178 6179 bool 6180 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6181 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6182 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6183 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6184 bool Complain = true); 6185 6186 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6187 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6188 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6189 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6190 6191 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6192 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6193 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6194 Decl *NewDecl; 6195 6196 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6197 Decl *D) 6198 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6199 { } 6200 }; 6201 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6202 6203 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6204 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6205 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6206 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6207 6208 bool 6209 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6210 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6211 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6212 bool Complain = true); 6213 6214 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6215 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6216 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6217 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6218 6219 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6220 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6221 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6222 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6223 6224 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6225 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6226 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6227 6228 DeclarationNameInfo 6229 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6230 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6231 TemplateName 6232 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6233 SourceLocation Loc, 6234 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6235 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6236 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6237 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6238 6239 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6240 FunctionDecl *Function); 6241 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6242 FunctionDecl *Function, 6243 bool Recursive = false, 6244 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6245 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6246 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6247 VarDecl *Var, 6248 bool Recursive = false, 6249 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6250 6251 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6252 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6253 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6254 6255 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6256 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6257 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6258 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6259 6260 // Objective-C declarations. 6261 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6262 OCK_None = -1, 6263 OCK_Interface = 0, 6264 OCK_Protocol, 6265 OCK_Category, 6266 OCK_ClassExtension, 6267 OCK_Implementation, 6268 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6269 }; 6270 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6271 6272 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6273 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6274 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6275 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6276 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6277 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6278 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6279 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6280 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6281 AttributeList *AttrList); 6282 6283 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6284 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6285 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6286 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6287 6288 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6289 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6290 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6291 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6292 6293 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6294 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6295 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6296 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6297 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6298 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6299 AttributeList *AttrList); 6300 6301 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6302 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6303 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6304 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6305 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6306 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6307 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6308 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6309 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6310 6311 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6312 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6313 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6314 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6315 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6316 6317 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6318 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6319 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6320 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6321 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6322 6323 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6324 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6325 6326 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6327 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6328 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6329 unsigned NumElts); 6330 6331 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6332 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6333 unsigned NumElts, 6334 AttributeList *attrList); 6335 6336 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6337 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6338 unsigned NumProtocols, 6339 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6340 6341 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6342 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6343 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6344 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6345 SourceLocation Loc, 6346 unsigned &Attributes, 6347 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6348 6349 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6350 /// setters and getters as needed. 6351 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6352 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6353 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6354 /// in class extension. 6355 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6356 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6357 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6358 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6359 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6360 6361 6362 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6363 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6364 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6365 6366 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6367 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6368 6369 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6370 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6371 6372 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6373 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6374 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6375 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6376 6377 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6378 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6379 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6380 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6381 bool *OverridingProperty, 6382 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6383 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6384 6385 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6386 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6387 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6388 bool ImplKind, 6389 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6390 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6391 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6392 6393 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6394 OSMK_None, 6395 OSMK_Alloc, 6396 OSMK_New, 6397 OSMK_Copy, 6398 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6399 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6400 }; 6401 6402 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6403 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6404 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6405 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6406 // in this case. 6407 ParsedType Type; 6408 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6409 6410 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6411 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6412 }; 6413 6414 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6415 Scope *S, 6416 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6417 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6418 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6419 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6420 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6421 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6422 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6423 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6424 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6425 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6426 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6427 6428 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6429 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6430 bool IsInstance); 6431 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6432 bool IsInstance); 6433 6434 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6435 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6436 6437 ExprResult 6438 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6439 Expr *BaseExpr, 6440 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6441 DeclarationName MemberName, 6442 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6443 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6444 bool Super); 6445 6446 ExprResult 6447 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6448 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6449 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6450 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6451 6452 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6453 6454 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6455 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6456 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6457 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6458 ObjCSuperMessage, 6459 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6460 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6461 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6462 /// name. 6463 ObjCClassMessage 6464 }; 6465 6466 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6467 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6468 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6469 bool IsSuper, 6470 bool HasTrailingDot, 6471 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6472 6473 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6474 Selector Sel, 6475 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6476 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6477 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6478 MultiExprArg Args); 6479 6480 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6481 QualType ReceiverType, 6482 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6483 Selector Sel, 6484 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6485 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6486 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6487 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6488 MultiExprArg Args, 6489 bool isImplicit = false); 6490 6491 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6492 bool isSuperReceiver, 6493 SourceLocation Loc, 6494 Selector Sel, 6495 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6496 MultiExprArg Args); 6497 6498 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6499 ParsedType Receiver, 6500 Selector Sel, 6501 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6502 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6503 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6504 MultiExprArg Args); 6505 6506 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6507 QualType ReceiverType, 6508 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6509 Selector Sel, 6510 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6511 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6512 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6513 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6514 MultiExprArg Args, 6515 bool isImplicit = false); 6516 6517 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6518 QualType ReceiverType, 6519 SourceLocation Loc, 6520 Selector Sel, 6521 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6522 MultiExprArg Args); 6523 6524 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6525 Expr *Receiver, 6526 Selector Sel, 6527 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6528 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6529 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6530 MultiExprArg Args); 6531 6532 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6533 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6534 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6535 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6536 Expr *SubExpr); 6537 6538 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6539 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6540 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6541 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6542 ParsedType Type, 6543 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6544 Expr *SubExpr); 6545 6546 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6547 6548 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6549 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6550 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6551 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6552 6553 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6554 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6555 RTC_Compatible, 6556 RTC_Incompatible, 6557 RTC_Unknown 6558 }; 6559 6560 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6561 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6562 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6563 6564 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6565 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6566 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6567 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6568 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6569 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6570 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6571 }; 6572 6573 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6574 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6575 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6576 6577 enum PragmaPackKind { 6578 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6579 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6580 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6581 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6582 }; 6583 6584 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6585 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6586 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6587 }; 6588 6589 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6590 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6591 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6592 Expr *Alignment, 6593 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6594 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6595 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6596 6597 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6598 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6599 6600 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6601 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6602 Scope *curScope, 6603 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6604 6605 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6606 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6607 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6608 6609 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6610 SourceLocation Loc); 6611 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6612 6613 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6614 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6615 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6616 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6617 6618 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6619 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6620 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6621 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6622 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6623 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6624 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6625 6626 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6627 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6628 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6629 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6630 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6631 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6632 6633 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6634 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6635 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6636 6637 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6638 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6639 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6640 6641 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6642 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6643 6644 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6645 void FreePackedContext(); 6646 6647 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6648 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6649 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6650 SourceLocation Loc); 6651 6652 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6653 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6654 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6655 6656 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6657 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6658 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6659 6660 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6661 void FreeVisContext(); 6662 6663 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6664 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6665 /// the appropriate attribute. 6666 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6667 6668 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6669 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6670 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6671 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6672 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6673 6674 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6675 6676 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6677 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6678 SourceLocation Loc, 6679 Scope *CurScope, 6680 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6681 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6682 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6683 SourceLocation Loc, 6684 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6685 6686 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6687 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6688 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6689 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6690 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6691 CCK_CStyleCast, 6692 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6693 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6694 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6695 CCK_OtherCast 6696 }; 6697 6698 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6699 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6700 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6701 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6702 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6703 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6704 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6705 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6706 6707 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6708 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6709 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6710 6711 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6712 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6713 /// required. 6714 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6715 6716 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6717 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6718 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6719 6720 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6721 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6722 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6723 6724 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6725 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6726 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6727 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6728 6729 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6730 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6731 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6732 // type. 6733 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6734 6735 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6736 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6737 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6738 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6739 6740 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6741 enum VariadicCallType { 6742 VariadicFunction, 6743 VariadicBlock, 6744 VariadicMethod, 6745 VariadicConstructor, 6746 VariadicDoesNotApply 6747 }; 6748 6749 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6750 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6751 Expr *Fn); 6752 6753 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6754 // vararg function. 6755 enum VarArgKind { 6756 VAK_Valid, 6757 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6758 VAK_Invalid 6759 }; 6760 6761 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6762 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6763 6764 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6765 /// form of call prototypes. 6766 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6767 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6768 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6769 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6770 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6771 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6772 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6773 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6774 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6775 6776 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6777 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6778 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6779 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6780 6781 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6782 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6783 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6784 6785 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6786 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6787 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6788 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6789 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6790 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6791 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6792 6793 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6794 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6795 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6796 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6797 /// source and destination type. 6798 enum AssignConvertType { 6799 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6800 Compatible, 6801 6802 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6803 /// accept as an extension. 6804 PointerToInt, 6805 6806 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6807 /// accept as an extension. 6808 IntToPointer, 6809 6810 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6811 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6812 FunctionVoidPointer, 6813 6814 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6815 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6816 IncompatiblePointer, 6817 6818 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6819 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6820 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6821 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6822 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6823 6824 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6825 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6826 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6827 6828 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6829 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6830 /// like address spaces. 6831 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6832 6833 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6834 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6835 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6836 /// extension. 6837 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6838 6839 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6840 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6841 IncompatibleVectors, 6842 6843 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6844 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6845 IntToBlockPointer, 6846 6847 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6848 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6849 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6850 6851 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6852 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6853 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6854 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6855 6856 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6857 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6858 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6859 6860 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6861 /// represent it in the AST. 6862 Incompatible 6863 }; 6864 6865 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6866 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6867 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6868 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6869 SourceLocation Loc, 6870 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6871 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6872 bool *Complained = 0); 6873 6874 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6875 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6876 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6877 Expr *SrcExpr); 6878 6879 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6880 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6881 /// C99 6.5.16. 6882 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6883 QualType LHSType, 6884 QualType RHSType); 6885 6886 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6887 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6888 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6889 ExprResult &RHS, 6890 CastKind &Kind); 6891 6892 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6893 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6894 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6895 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6896 ExprResult &RHS, 6897 bool Diagnose = true); 6898 6899 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6900 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6901 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6902 ExprResult &RHS); 6903 6904 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6905 6906 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6907 6908 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6909 AssignmentAction Action, 6910 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6911 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6912 AssignmentAction Action, 6913 bool AllowExplicit, 6914 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6915 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6916 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6917 AssignmentAction Action, 6918 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6919 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6920 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6921 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6922 AssignmentAction Action, 6923 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6924 6925 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6926 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6927 6928 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6929 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6930 ExprResult &RHS); 6931 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6932 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6933 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6934 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6935 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6936 bool IsDivide); 6937 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6938 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6939 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6940 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6941 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6942 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6943 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6944 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6945 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6946 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6947 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6948 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6949 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6950 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6951 bool isRelational); 6952 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6953 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6954 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6955 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6956 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6957 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6958 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6959 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6960 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6961 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6962 6963 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6964 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6965 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6966 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6967 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6968 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6969 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6970 6971 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6972 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6973 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6974 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6975 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6976 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6977 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6978 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6979 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6980 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6981 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6982 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6983 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6984 NonStandardCompositeType); 6985 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6986 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6987 return Composite; 6988 } 6989 6990 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6991 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6992 6993 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6994 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6995 6996 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6997 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6998 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6999 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7000 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7001 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7002 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7003 SourceLocation Loc); 7004 7005 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7006 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7007 7008 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7009 7010 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7011 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7012 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7013 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7014 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7015 /// reference binding is not possible. 7016 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7017 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7018 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7019 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7020 Ref_Related, 7021 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7022 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7023 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7024 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7025 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7026 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7027 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7028 Ref_Compatible 7029 }; 7030 7031 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7032 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7033 bool &DerivedToBase, 7034 bool &ObjCConversion, 7035 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7036 7037 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7038 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7039 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7040 7041 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7042 /// given type. 7043 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7044 7045 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7046 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7047 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7048 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7049 7050 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7051 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7052 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7053 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7054 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7055 CastKind &Kind); 7056 7057 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7058 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7059 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7060 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7061 // returns the cast expr 7062 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7063 CastKind &Kind); 7064 7065 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7066 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7067 Expr *CastExpr, 7068 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7069 7070 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7071 7072 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7073 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7074 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7075 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7076 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7077 7078 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7079 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7080 7081 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7082 QualType ExprType); 7083 7084 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7085 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7086 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7087 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7088 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7089 7090 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7091 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7092 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7093 7094 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7095 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7096 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7097 7098 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7099 /// \param Method - May be null. 7100 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7101 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7102 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7103 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7104 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7105 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7106 bool isSuperMessage, 7107 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7108 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7109 7110 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7111 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7112 /// and the form of the message send. 7113 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7114 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7115 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7116 7117 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7118 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7119 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7120 7121 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7122 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7123 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7124 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7125 7126 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7127 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7128 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7129 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7130 /// 7131 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7132 /// 'if' keyword. 7133 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7134 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7135 7136 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7137 Expr *SubExpr); 7138 7139 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7140 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7141 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7142 7143 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7144 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7145 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7146 7147 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7148 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7149 7150 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7151 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7152 /// the specified diagnostic. 7153 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7154 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7155 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7156 7157 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7158 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7159 /// in the global scope. 7160 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7161 7162 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7163 /// expression violations. 7164 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7165 public: 7166 bool Suppress; 7167 7168 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7169 7170 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7171 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7172 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7173 }; 7174 7175 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7176 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7177 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7178 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7179 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7180 bool AllowFold = true); 7181 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7182 unsigned DiagID, 7183 bool AllowFold = true); 7184 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7185 7186 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7187 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7188 /// Returns false on success. 7189 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7190 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7191 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7192 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7193 7194 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7195 CFT_Device, 7196 CFT_Global, 7197 CFT_Host, 7198 CFT_HostDevice 7199 }; 7200 7201 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7202 7203 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7204 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7205 7206 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7207 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7208 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7209 } 7210 7211 /// \name Code completion 7212 //@{ 7213 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7214 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7215 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7216 PCC_Namespace, 7217 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7218 PCC_Class, 7219 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7220 /// or category. 7221 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7222 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7223 /// category implementation 7224 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7225 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7226 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7227 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7228 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7229 /// headers. 7230 PCC_Template, 7231 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7232 /// headers within a class. 7233 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7234 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7235 PCC_Expression, 7236 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7237 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7238 PCC_Statement, 7239 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7240 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7241 PCC_ForInit, 7242 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7243 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7244 PCC_Condition, 7245 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7246 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7247 /// in the grammar. 7248 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7249 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7250 PCC_Type, 7251 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7252 /// might also be a type cast. 7253 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7254 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7255 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7256 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7257 }; 7258 7259 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7260 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7261 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7262 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7263 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7264 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7265 7266 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7267 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7268 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7269 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7270 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7271 bool IsArrow); 7272 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7273 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7274 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7275 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7276 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7277 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7278 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7279 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7280 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7281 7282 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7283 bool EnteringContext); 7284 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7285 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7286 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7287 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7288 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7289 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7290 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7291 unsigned NumInitializers); 7292 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7293 bool AfterAmpersand); 7294 7295 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7296 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7297 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7298 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7299 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7300 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7301 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7302 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7303 bool IsParameter); 7304 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7305 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7306 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7307 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7308 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7309 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7310 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7311 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7312 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7313 bool IsSuper = false); 7314 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7315 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7316 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7317 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7319 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7320 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7321 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7322 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7323 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7324 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7325 unsigned NumProtocols); 7326 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7327 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7328 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7329 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7330 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7331 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7332 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7333 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7334 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7335 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7336 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7337 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7338 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7339 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7340 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7341 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7342 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7343 ParsedType ReturnType); 7344 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7345 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7346 bool AtParameterName, 7347 ParsedType ReturnType, 7348 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7349 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7350 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7351 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7352 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7353 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7354 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7355 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7356 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7357 unsigned Argument); 7358 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7359 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7360 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7361 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7362 //@} 7363 7364 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7365 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7366 7367public: 7368 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7369 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7370 7371private: 7372 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7373 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7374 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7375 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7376 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7377 // FunctionDeclaration. 7378 struct FormatStringInfo { 7379 unsigned FormatIdx; 7380 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7381 bool HasVAListArg; 7382 }; 7383 7384 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7385 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7386 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7387 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7388 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7389 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7390 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7391 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7392 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7393 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7394 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7395 SourceLocation Loc); 7396 7397 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7398 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7399 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7400 VariadicCallType CallType); 7401 7402 7403 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7404 7405 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7406 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7407 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7408 7409 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7410 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7411 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7412 7413public: 7414 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7415 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7416 7417private: 7418 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7419 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7420 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7421 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7422 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7423 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7424 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7425 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7426 7427 enum FormatStringType { 7428 FST_Scanf, 7429 FST_Printf, 7430 FST_NSString, 7431 FST_Strftime, 7432 FST_Strfmon, 7433 FST_Kprintf, 7434 FST_Unknown 7435 }; 7436 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7437 7438 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7439 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7440 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7441 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7442 }; 7443 7444 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7445 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7446 bool HasVAListArg, 7447 unsigned format_idx, 7448 unsigned firstDataArg, 7449 FormatStringType Type, 7450 VariadicCallType CallType, 7451 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7452 7453 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7454 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7455 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7456 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7457 VariadicCallType CallType); 7458 7459 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7460 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7461 bool IsCXXMember, 7462 VariadicCallType CallType, 7463 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7464 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7465 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7466 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7467 VariadicCallType CallType, 7468 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7469 7470 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7471 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7472 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7473 7474 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7475 unsigned BId, 7476 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7477 7478 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7479 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7480 7481 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7482 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7483 7484 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7485 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7486 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7487 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7488 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7489 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7490 7491 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7492 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7493 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7494 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7495 7496 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7497 Expr *Init); 7498 7499public: 7500 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7501 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7502 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7503 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7504 7505 struct TypeTagData { 7506 TypeTagData() {} 7507 7508 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7509 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7510 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7511 {} 7512 7513 QualType Type; 7514 7515 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7516 /// layout-compatibility. 7517 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7518 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7519 }; 7520 7521 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7522 /// identifies the magic value. 7523 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7524 7525private: 7526 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7527 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7528 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7529 7530 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7531 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7532 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7533 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7534 7535 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7536 /// 7537 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7538 Scope *CurScope; 7539 7540 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7541 7542protected: 7543 friend class Parser; 7544 friend class InitializationSequence; 7545 friend class ASTReader; 7546 friend class ASTWriter; 7547 7548public: 7549 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7550 /// 7551 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7552 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7553 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7554 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7555 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7556 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7557 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7558 7559 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7560 7561 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7562 7563 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7564 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7565 } 7566 7567 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7568 7569 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7570 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7571 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7572 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7573 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7574 return DC; 7575 } 7576}; 7577 7578/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7579class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7580 Sema &Actions; 7581 7582public: 7583 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7584 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7585 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7586 bool IsDecltype = false) 7587 : Actions(Actions) { 7588 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7589 IsDecltype); 7590 } 7591 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7592 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7593 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7594 bool IsDecltype = false) 7595 : Actions(Actions) { 7596 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7597 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7598 IsDecltype); 7599 } 7600 7601 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7602 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7603 } 7604}; 7605 7606} // end namespace clang 7607 7608#endif 7609